justplainjane47-tc-create-1 (#1667)
Update 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' Update 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Created 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' Co-authored-by: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1667 Co-Authored-By: Joel D. Ruark <joeldruark@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Joel D. Ruark <joeldruark@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
parent
0fea8d9f43
commit
55b4739d74
261
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
261
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
|
@ -432,13 +432,13 @@ EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָקֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ ב
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum **Rehum** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum **Rehum** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּשָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּשְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּשְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the River As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates” or “and the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 **Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
|
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 **Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
|
||||||
EZR 4 17 is3z וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
|
EZR 4 17 is3z וּכְעֶֽת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
|
||||||
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have received the letter that you sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑ינָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the letter that you sent to the king and his royal officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “my officials have carefully read out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּמִנִּי֮ 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּמִנִּי֮ 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||||
|
@ -450,26 +450,26 @@ EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 This word
|
||||||
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
|
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
|
||||||
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||||
EZR 4 21 c4sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command The word **now** is similar to the expression "and now**"** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
EZR 4 21 c4sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command The word **now** is similar to the expression "and now" in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||||
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of "the Jews who went up from near you" and who "have come to us at Jerusalem" ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of "the Jews who went up from near you" and who "have come to us at Jerusalem" ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that the clause describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means "Do not neglect to act concerning this." This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּזְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְמֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means "Do not neglect to act concerning this." This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), the revenue of the kings will suffer harm). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), the revenue of the kings will suffer harm). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “why should I and other kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “kings must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “kings must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְמָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔א לְהַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “why should kings suffer dishonor or lose tribute<br>money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as a messenger from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as messengers from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates, and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “a messenger from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָא֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔א קֱרִ֧י 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “messengers from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 djzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 23 djzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 eiff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 4 23 eiff figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “and the rest of their associates,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
|
EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִבְהִיל֤וּ לִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 23 v0na figs-explicit וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 23 v0na figs-explicit וּבַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּאֶדְרָ֥ע וְחָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “so that is how the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 24 s03r figs-activepassive וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 4 24 s03r figs-activepassive וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 4 24 v4gi translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 4 24 v4gi translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
|
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Iddo The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Iddo The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||||
|
@ -483,58 +483,59 @@ EZR 5 1 gw8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵיהֽוֹן 1 Iddo God is described here
|
||||||
EZR 5 2 hkqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֡יִן 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 5 2 hkqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֡יִן 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 2 j3sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arose** means took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 5 2 j3sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arose** means he took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 2 mz7h figs-metaphor וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א 1 to build the house of God Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 2 mz7h figs-metaphor וְשָׁרִ֣יו לְמִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א 1 to build the house of God Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **at that time** indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּהּ־זִמְנָא֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **at that time** indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Tattenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Tattenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River **Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּשְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River **Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 kq8c figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 5 3 kq8c figs-idiom וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “and their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “who gave you permission” or “who authorized you”
|
EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “who gave you permission” or “who authorized you”
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנֵ֔א וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Beyond the River The word **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. Alternate translation: “at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-logic-result אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Beyond the River This word **Then** is indicating that Jews asked the question in this verse in a response to what their enemies asked them in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "In response" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם 1 the Province Beyond the River In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word **we** seems to be a mistake that has crept into the Hebrew text. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they also asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
EZR 5 4 jk0p grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֥יִן 1 However, see the next note about the possibility that this verse should read "they said to them" rather than we said to them. In that case, this word is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: "In addition" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
|
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who "we" is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word "we" could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: "they said to them, 'Who are the men…?" It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: "we told them who the men were" or "we told them the names of the men" It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun "we" appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 the eye of God was on Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 the eye of God was on Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 the eye of God was on This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 the eye of God was on This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶאֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶאֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 5 y8gi יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
|
EZR 5 5 y8gi יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
|
||||||
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 This is a copy of the letter These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 This is a copy of the letter These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates”
|
EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “and their associates”
|
||||||
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||||
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you”
|
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you”
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְמַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
|
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִיה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּא֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 1 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְבֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣א רַבָּ֔א 1 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְאָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּכֻתְלַיָּ֑א וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls. They are doing the work diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “they are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַעֲבִ֥ידְתָּא דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “they are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּמַצְלַ֥ח בְּיֶדְהֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 9 p8jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 9 p8jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְכֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לְמִבְנְיָ֔ה וְאֻשַּׁרְנָ֥א דְנָ֖ה לְשַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 10 okji וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “and we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders”
|
EZR 5 10 okji וְאַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְהֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּהֹ֖ם לְהוֹדָעוּתָ֑ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “and we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you, in writing, the names of the men who were their leaders”
|
||||||
EZR 5 10 qn28 figs-metaphor גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying "leader." Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 10 qn28 figs-metaphor גֻּבְרַיָּ֖א דִּ֥י בְרָאשֵׁיהֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying leader. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “we worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹהִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “we worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 11 r5fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 5 11 r5fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜א וְאַרְעָ֗א 1 We are servants of the God The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “is the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the "house of God," a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּבָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָא֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the "house of God," a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “and we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּמֶ֤לֶךְ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖הִי וְשַׁכְלְלֵֽהּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed The word **however** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as "unfortunately" to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed The word **however** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as "unfortunately" to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 General Information: Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨נָא֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א 1 General Information: Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the armies of Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּיַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying "house of God" or "temple." Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתָ֤ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying "house of God" or "temple." Alternate translation: “and Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, "first," in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, "first," in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.”
|
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence into three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar”
|
||||||
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
|
@ -543,181 +544,181 @@ EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַאֲמַר־לֵ֓הּ 1 Let the house o
|
||||||
EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
|
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
|
||||||
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book says **built and complete** to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּמִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְעַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book uses the terms **built and complete** to mean constructed. (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
|
||||||
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְלָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּכְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
|
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּכְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means "if the king thinks this is a good idea" or "if this advice is acceptable to the king." Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means "if the king thinks this is a good idea" or "if this advice is acceptable to the king." Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
|
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: \[\[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple\]\])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reason that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 a scroll was found This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 a scroll was found This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 Ecbatana **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 Ecbatana **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 General Information: Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king ” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple…on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “the temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “the temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “the temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “the temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for property, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a metaphor for property, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension, everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews”
|
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem the gold and silver objects that were used in worship, and he brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews”
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Here the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now Tattaenai …” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression "and now: in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression "and now: in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your **companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like "To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now," followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning "Be far away from there!" But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your **companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like "To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now," followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning "Be far away from there!" But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates”
|
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates”
|
||||||
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means "rebuild the temple on its original site." You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means "rebuild the temple on its original site." You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
||||||
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: this is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: "this is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury, from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
|
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “the priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “the priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day” (See: \[\[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive\]\])
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 fn3z לַעֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
|
EZR 6 9 fn3z לַעֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 zxb9 לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
EZR 6 9 zxb9 לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 n37a figs-idiom י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **Day by day** is an idiom that means **every day** or **every single day**. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 9 n37a figs-idiom י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **Day by day** is an idiom that means every day or every single day. Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 9 wlto figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
EZR 6 9 wlto figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here the king uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in [6:9](../06/09.md). If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be clearer in your language, you also could use a term such as **that way** to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “That way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַקְרְבִ֛ין נִיחוֹחִ֖ין לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א וּמְצַלַּ֕יִן לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River In this phrase, Darius explains the purpose for which he is commanding the actions described in the previous part of this sentence, in [6:9](../06/09.md). If you decided to break that verse into three sentences, you can make this verse a fourth sentence of its own. If it would be clearer in your language, you also could use a term such as "that way" to indicate that Darius is explaining his purpose here. Alternate translation: “that way, the priests can continually offer sweet-smelling sacrifices to the God who rules in heaven and pray that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶאֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||||
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְחַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 10 a820 figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the biological sons of King Darius. Alternate translation: “my sons” (2) **Sons** could figuratively mean **descendants**, and specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their **fathers**, so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their **sons**. Alternate translation: “my successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 10 a820 figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean the biological sons of King Darius. Alternate translation: “my sons” (2) **Sons** could figuratively mean descendants, and specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their "fathers," so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their "sons." Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 General Information: **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “If anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 General Information: **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי 1 a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי 1 a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a beam The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “And as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a beam The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 impaled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house…demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 impaled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 eirc figs-personification וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Darius speaks of God’s name here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
EZR 6 12 eirc figs-personification וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Darius speaks of God’s **name** here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 bajr figs-metonymy וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
EZR 6 12 bajr figs-metonymy וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 jqt7 figs-idiom יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This is an idiom that means **destroy**. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 12 jqt7 figs-idiom יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This is an idiom that means **destroy**. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 e5ta figs-idiom כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְעַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗הּ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Here the expression “to stretch out a hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 12 e5ta figs-idiom כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְעַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀ יִשְׁלַ֣ח יְדֵ֗הּ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy Here the expression “who stretches out his hand” means to seek to do harm. Alternate translation: “any king or people who, with harmful intent, attempts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 mn8y figs-ellipsis לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of **disobey** or **defy**, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
EZR 6 12 mn8y figs-ellipsis לְהַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְחַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of disobey or defy, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 y3sn figs-informremind דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to change it Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 6 12 y3sn figs-informremind דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to change it Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:12](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:12](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “in response,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 13 cdp6 וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Alternate translation: “their associates”
|
EZR 6 13 cdp6 וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Alternate translation: “their associates”
|
||||||
EZR 6 13 pg74 figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 13 pg74 figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 pxrv grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂבֵ֤י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 14 pxrv grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂבֵ֤י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 iu9r figs-hendiadys וְשָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּמַצְלְחִ֔ין 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders **prospered** or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to rebuild the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
EZR 6 14 iu9r figs-hendiadys וְשָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּמַצְלְחִ֔ין 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders **prospered** or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to rebuild the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 mibx figs-explicit בִּנְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביאה וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 14 mibx figs-explicit בִּנְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביאה וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Haggai is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Haggai** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Zechariah is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּזְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **build** and **complete** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, **completing** is another way of saying **building**. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “They were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, completed is another way of saying built. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders were **building and completing**, that is, constructing, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּבְנ֣וֹ וְשַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or **command** that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, like the ones that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, like the ones that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 j4jr figs-explicit וּמִטְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus [(1:2–4)](../01/02.md) and King Darius [(6:6–12)](../06/06.md) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia later decreed that they should maintain the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 14 j4jr figs-explicit וּמִטְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus [(1:2–4)](../01/02.md) and King Darius [(6:6–12)](../06/06.md) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia later decreed that they should maintain the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 e83b figs-informremind כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia…King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 6 14 e83b figs-informremind כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 14 fwlf translate-names כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of mean. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 14 fwlf translate-names כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְדָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 zqs3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ 1 This house was completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 15 zqs3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ 1 This house was completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 q4v5 figs-activepassive וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 This house was completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to finish rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 6 15 q4v5 figs-activepassive וְשֵׁיצִיא֙ בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 This house was completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to finish rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 mz6f figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 This house was completed As in [5:3](../05/03.md), **house** here is a figurative way of saying temple. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 15 mz6f figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣ה דְנָ֔ה 1 This house was completed As in [5:3](../05/03.md), **house** here is a figurative way of saying temple. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 c1qx translate-ordinal עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **three**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **third**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 6 15 c1qx translate-ordinal עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **three**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **third**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 i2k0 translate-hebrewmonths עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
EZR 6 15 i2k0 translate-hebrewmonths עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִירַ֣ח אֲדָ֑ר 1 the third day of the month of Adar You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “by the third day of the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 15 bhp9 translate-ordinal שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא 1 sixth year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 6 15 bhp9 translate-ordinal שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽא 1 sixth year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 16 xnpw grammar-connect-time-sequential וַעֲבַ֣דוּ 1 the rest of the children of the exile This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 6 16 xnpw grammar-connect-time-sequential וַעֲבַ֣דוּ 1 the rest of the children of the exile This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of the children of the exile **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of the children of the exile **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א 1 the rest of the children of the exile As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א 1 the rest of the children of the exile As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile The abstract noun **dedication** refers to the way the Israelites conducted a special ceremony to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **dedicate**. Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile The abstract noun **dedication** refers to the way the Israelites conducted a special ceremony to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as "dedicate." Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to the way the Israelites conducted a special ceremony. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **dedicate**. Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to the way the Israelites conducted a special ceremony. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as "dedicate." Alternate translation: “as they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **male goats of goats**, means the same thing as **male goats** in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats …, one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 one hundred bulls…four hundred lambs The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 18 r0gx grammar-connect-time-sequential וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ 1 to their divisions This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 6 18 r0gx grammar-connect-time-sequential וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ 1 to their divisions This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as then. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ 1 to their divisions Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ 1 to their divisions Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 18 iix1 figs-explicit כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 to their divisions The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 18 iix1 figs-explicit כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 to their divisions The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate <br>translation: "the priests … in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 18 ba06 figs-metaphor עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to their divisions Here, the book describes God in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 18 ba06 figs-metaphor עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to their divisions Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 18 vt19 כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 to their divisions Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the Law of Moses”
|
EZR 6 18 vt19 כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 to their divisions Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses”
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 g898 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As [6:20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “As a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 19 g898 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions The phrase at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it explains the results of what the previous sentence described. (As [6:20](../06/20.md) explains, because the priests and Levites had been assigned to their duties, festivals like this could be observed again.) Alternate translation: “as a result, the Jews who had returned from exile were able to celebrate Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 iy2d figs-idiom בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה 1 to their divisions See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 19 iy2d figs-idiom בְנֵי־הַגּוֹלָ֖ה 1 to their divisions See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 hfmy translate-unknown אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions Passover is the name of a religious festival that the Law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
EZR 6 19 hfmy translate-unknown אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 to their divisions **Passover** is the name of a religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 jw76 translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 to their divisions The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **fourteen**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **fourteenth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 6 19 jw76 translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 to their divisions The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **14**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, fourteenth, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 j6lm translate-hebrewmonths בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
EZR 6 19 j6lm translate-hebrewmonths בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 19 k52r figs-explicit בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 19 k52r figs-explicit בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשֽׁוֹן 1 fourteenth day of the first month This means the first month of the following year. Since Adar is the last month in the Jewish calendar, this was only a few weeks after the temple was finished. The implication is that the Jewish leaders had been able to complete that work and install the priests and Levites in time to celebrate this festival. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “only a few weeks later, on the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 ibwf grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 purified themselves This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “They were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 20 ibwf grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 purified themselves The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “they were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 ahmg figs-idiom הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 20 ahmg figs-idiom הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֛ם כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 rjm2 figs-parallelism הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one…had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
EZR 6 20 rjm2 figs-parallelism הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּאֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 j34t figs-metaphor הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ 1 purified themselves Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 20 j34t figs-metaphor הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ 1 purified themselves Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 ryyj figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves The book assumes that readers will know that the Passover celebration included a special meal of lamb. The Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would **pass over** their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 6 20 ryyj figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves The book assumes that readers will know that the **Passover** celebration included a special meal of **lamb**. The Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 cgbl translate-names הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 20 cgbl translate-names הַפֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 b9et figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 purified themselves See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 20 b9et figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 purified themselves See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 20 m6ql figs-metaphor וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 purified themselves Here, **brother** is a figurative way of saying **fellow priests**, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 20 m6ql figs-metaphor וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 purified themselves Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants**. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 zqei figs-ellipsis וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
EZR 6 21 zqei figs-ellipsis וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile, but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshipping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
|
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Separating from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “everyone who refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land did that made them unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land "Separated from the uncleanness" represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land did that made them unclean kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “the things that…made them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “the things that…made them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 21 mamh figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 to seek Yahweh As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the **nations of the land**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 6 21 mamh figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 to seek Yahweh As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 mk5t grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
EZR 6 22 mk5t grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as "then." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּשִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria **Feast of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the Law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **unleavened bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are not to eat any leavened bread as well. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “for the next seven days they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּשִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria **Feast of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **Unleavened Bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are still not to eat any leavened bread. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “for the next seven days they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 p2re grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This part of the sentence gives the reason for the results that the earlier part of the sentence describes, the joyful celebration of the Festival of Unleavened Bread. Within this part of the sentence, the first phrase describes the results of what comes afterwards. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break the entire sentence into three sentences, and make the earlier part about the festival the third and last sentence. You also could show the connection by using a phrase such as “and so” before the third sentence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy. And so …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 6 22 p2re grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This part of the sentence gives the reason for the results that the earlier part of the sentence describes, the joyful celebration of the Festival of Unleavened Bread. Within this part of the sentence, the first phrase describes the results of what comes afterwards. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break the entire sentence into several sentences, and make the earlier part about the festival to come at the end. You also could show the connection by using a phrase such as “and so” before the third sentence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy, and so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 x9ls מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their **fathers** or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
|
EZR 6 22 x9ls מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their "fathers" or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
|
||||||
EZR 6 22 m7l7 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the work of the house of God As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the **nations of the land**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 6 22 m7l7 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the work of the house of God As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
|
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 h549 וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 General Information: This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that came some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, [7:6](../07/06.md).) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation.
|
EZR 7 1 h549 וְאַחַר֙ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 General Information: This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that came some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, [7:6](../07/06.md).) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation.
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: In Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), the book compresses about 30 generations, from Ezra back to Aaron, into a list of 16 ancestors. There is a symbolic significance behind the number of names chosen for the list, as this note will explain shortly. Moreover, three men on the list are included specifically because they had significant roles in the history of the worship of the Israelite community. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the Law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah [(7:1)](../07/01.md) was the last high priest to serve in that temple. Unfortunately, the Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The rest of the names in the list are selected so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra, even though he was Ezra’s great-grandfather. In the Bible, the number seven symbolically represents completeness. So this genealogy does not merely provide a partial list of the names of Ezra’s ancestors. Rather, it depicts his coming to Jerusalem as another definitive moment in the worship life of the Israelite community, comparable to the inauguration of worship in the tabernacle in the wilderness under Moses and in the Jerusalem temple under Solomon. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: In Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), the book compresses about 30 generations, from Ezra back to Aaron, into a list of 16 ancestors. There is a symbolic significance behind the number of names chosen for the list, as this note will explain shortly. Moreover, three men on the list are included specifically because they had significant roles in the history of the worship of the Israelite community. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah [(7:1)](../07/01.md) was the last high priest to serve in that temple. Unfortunately, the Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The rest of the names in the list are selected so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra, even though he was Ezra’s great-grandfather. In the Bible, the number seven symbolically represents completeness. So this genealogy does not merely provide a partial list of the names of Ezra’s ancestors. Rather, it depicts his coming to Jerusalem as another definitive moment in the worship life of the Israelite community, comparable to the inauguration of worship in the tabernacle in the wilderness under Moses and in the Jerusalem temple under Solomon. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means **descendant**. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression **descendant**, which is true in every case, or to say **son** for actual sons and **descendant** for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression "descendant," which is true in every case, or to say "son" for actual sons and "descendant" for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Shallum Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
|
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Shallum Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
|
||||||
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Zadok…Ahitub These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Zadok…Ahitub These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 3 rqiw בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth”
|
EZR 7 3 rqiw בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth”
|
||||||
EZR 7 3 h5gv translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 3 h5gv translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Amariah…Azariah…Meraioth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 4 swtv בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי 1 Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki Even if you have decided to use non-figurative terminology, unless you have chosen to use the term **descendant** throughout this list, you can say **son** in each case here, because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki”
|
EZR 7 4 swtv בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי 1 Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki Even if you have decided to use non-figurative terminology, unless you have chosen to use the term "descendant" throughout this list, you can say "son" in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki”
|
||||||
EZR 7 4 zd73 translate-names זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי 1 Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 4 zd73 translate-names זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי 1 Zerahiah…Uzzi…Bukki These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 5 sj6v בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term **descendant** throughout this list, you can say **son** in each case here, because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
|
EZR 7 5 sj6v בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term "descendant" throughout this list, you can say "son" in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
|
||||||
EZR 7 5 jvt2 translate-names אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 5 jvt2 translate-names אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 5 t064 figs-informremind הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here, the book provides some background information to remind readers who Aaron was.<br>Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 7 5 t064 figs-informremind הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 5 z67m figs-metaphor הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 7 5 z67m figs-metaphor הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying "leader." Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 5 pqgw figs-explicit הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 5 pqgw figs-explicit הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua…Phinehas…Eleazar The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 6 ol9o figs-idiom ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִבָּבֶ֔ל 1 The king granted to him all his request The book says that Ezra **went up** because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra returned from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 7 6 ol9o figs-idiom ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִבָּבֶ֔ל 1 The king granted to him all his request The book says that Ezra **went up** because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra returned from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 6 xd8u writing-background וְהֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The king granted to him all his request This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
EZR 7 6 xd8u writing-background וְהֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The king granted to him all his request This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 6 w6u9 figs-metaphor וַיִּתֶּן־ל֣וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עָלָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ 1 according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 7 6 w6u9 figs-metaphor וַיִּתֶּן־ל֣וֹ הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עָלָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽוֹ 1 according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 tof2 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This word indicates that this event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “At the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
EZR 7 7 tof2 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This phrase indicates that the event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 n433 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes **Sons** here, figuratively means **descendants**. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “some of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 7 7 n433 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “some of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 myus translate-names וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 7 myus translate-names וְהַלְוִיִּ֜ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 tj7t וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
EZR 7 7 tj7t וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 zwq2 וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
EZR 7 7 zwq2 וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 szwv translate-names וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 7 szwv translate-names וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 u61a figs-idiom וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 7 7 u61a figs-idiom וַיַּֽעֲל֣וּ…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The book says **went up** because these people had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 7 tt66 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 7 7 tt66 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת־שֶׁ֖בַע לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **seven**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **seventh**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month **He** means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “And they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
EZR 7 8 cr7y translate-hebrewmonths וַיָּבֹ֥א יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month **He** means Ezra, but the statement also applies to the all others described in [7:7](../07/07.md) who were traveling with him. The **fifth month** means the fifth month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “and they all arrived in Jerusalem during the fifth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 8 vee2 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in month 5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 7 8 vee2 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֑י 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in month five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year 7 of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 7 8 co12 translate-ordinal הִ֛יא שְׁנַ֥ת הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the fifth month Alternate translation: “in year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes,” or, since the year was mentioned at the end of the previous verse, “of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 fsqw writing-background כִּ֗י 1 the first day of the first month This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
EZR 7 9 fsqw writing-background כִּ֗י 1 the first day of the first month The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will help readers appreciate what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. Alternate translation: “now” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 wl5l figs-idiom בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל 1 the first day of the first month The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its trip Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 7 9 wl5l figs-idiom בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן ה֣וּא יְסֻ֔ד הַֽמַּעֲלָ֖ה מִבָּבֶ֑ל 1 the first day of the first month The book says **ascent** to characterize the journey once again as involving a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “the group began its uphill trip <br>from Babylon on the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 f68n translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the first month The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
EZR 7 9 f68n translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the first month The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the name or number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 s9by translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the fifth month Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 1” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
EZR 7 9 s9by translate-ordinal בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the first day of the fifth month Alternate translation: “On day one of month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 khid grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 1 the first day of the fifth month This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
EZR 7 9 khid grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְאֶחָ֞ד 1 the first day of the fifth month This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 ytmm figs-explicit וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem, because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 9 ytmm figs-explicit וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem, because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 9 vpbp grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 7 9 vpbp grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְאֶחָ֞ד לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּיַד־אֱלֹהָ֖יו הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽיו 1 the first day of the fifth month If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
|
@ -728,32 +729,32 @@ EZR 7 10 y7yr figs-metaphor לִדְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת י
|
||||||
EZR 7 10 w9d8 figs-hendiadys וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the Law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
EZR 7 10 w9d8 figs-hendiadys וּלְלַמֵּ֥ד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּֽט 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the Law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-personification בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-personification בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 its statutes and ordinances Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 This is a copy of the letter Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 This is a copy of the letter Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 11 xatp figs-informremind לְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh had commanded the people of Israel to do in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 7 11 xatp figs-informremind לְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 11 w5oy figs-doublet מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh had commanded the people of Israel to do in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
EZR 7 11 w5oy figs-doublet מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְחֻקָּ֖יו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 11 y4s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter As in [7:10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
EZR 7 11 y4s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter As in [7:10](../07/10.md), the story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 zcfw figs-quotemarks אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
EZR 7 12 zcfw figs-quotemarks אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Following the conventions of letter-writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “The Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “the Great King Artaxerxes” or “Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 afcw writing-background לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
EZR 7 12 afcw writing-background לְעֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָא סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 gwt9 אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
EZR 7 12 gwt9 אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 al0q גְּמִ֖יר 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
|
EZR 7 12 al0q גְּמִ֖יר 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As in [4:17](../04/17.md) and [5:7](../05/07.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you”
|
||||||
EZR 7 12 bf52 וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
EZR 7 12 bf52 וּכְעֶֽנֶת 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. If it would be helpful, review the note about this expression at [4:10](../04/10.md). If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
|
||||||
EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 I am issuing a decree that all those…who desire to go up to Jerusalem If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 I am issuing a decree that all those…who desire to go up to Jerusalem If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** refers to him here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם עִמָּ֖ךְ יְהָֽךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** refers to Ezra here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here, Artaxerxes specifies that this is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
|
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: This word indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “since” or “in view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I am my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I…am sending you from my court” or “I…am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ 1 the king, and his seven counselors As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ 1 the king, and his seven counselors As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 dnqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
EZR 7 14 dnqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just **find out about**. It also implies **do something about**. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metonymy דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Here, **hand** could mean two different things, and perhaps both are intended. (1) It could mean that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. In that case **hand** would figuratively mean Ezra himself, by reference to something associated with bringing the law along, carrying it in the hand or using the hand to pack it. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” (2) **Hand** could also be a metaphor for power and authority, meaning that Ezra was to consider that the law of God gave him the authority to ensure that its commandments were followed. Alternate translation: “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
EZR 7 14 bwvo figs-metonymy דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 to inquire concerning Judah and Jerusalem according to the law of your God Here, **hand** could mean two different things, and perhaps both are intended. (1) It could mean that Ezra was going to bring a written copy of the law of God with him. In that case **hand** would figuratively mean Ezra himself, by reference to something associated with bringing the law along, carrying it in the hand or using the hand to pack it. Alternate translation: “that you are bringing with you” (2) **Hand** could also be a metaphor for power and authority, meaning that Ezra was to consider that the law of God gave him the authority to ensure that its commandments were followed. Alternate translation: “which will be the authority behind any measures you need to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 You are to bring the silver and gold Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “My counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
EZR 7 15 m1pn grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהֵיבָלָ֖ה כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֑ב דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣א וְיָעֲט֗וֹהִי הִתְנַדַּ֨בוּ֙ לֶאֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 You are to bring the silver and gold Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several parts. You could make [7:14](../07/14.md) a sentence of its own, and you could divide this verse into two sentences, one describing a reason and the other describing a result. Alternate translation: “my counselors and I have freely given silver and gold as offerings to the God of Israel. I am also sending you to deliver those gifts to his temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 15 uu8a figs-123person מַלְכָּ֣א 1 have freely offered As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
EZR 7 15 uu8a figs-123person מַלְכָּ֣א 1 have freely offered As in [7:14](../07/14.md), Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 have freely offered Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple, since in the next verse Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give **for the house of God that is in Jerusalem**. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מִשְׁכְּנֵֽהּ 1 have freely offered Artaxerxes speaks of the God of Israel as if he actually lived in Jerusalem. Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), he seems to be echoing Jewish usage, likely to show his respect for the God of Israel. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. In this context it seems to refer specifically to the temple since, in the next verse, Artaxerxes associates the silver and gold that he and his counselors have given with further gifts that others may give for the house of God that is in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 j69i figs-idiom וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. **Find** is an idiom that in this context means **can obtain**. Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
EZR 7 16 j69i figs-idiom וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. **Find** is an idiom that in this context means "can obtain." Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 p3du figs-explicit וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the **God of heaven** ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
EZR 7 16 p3du figs-explicit וְכֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּדְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that, just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the **God of heaven** ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 epbi figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
EZR 7 16 epbi figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “among everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests **Babylon** is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests **Babylon** is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 f74p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
|
EZR 7 16 f74p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכָֽהֲנַיָּא֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְבֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲהֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
|
||||||
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue